Download Anna University B-Tech CE?3rd Sem Surveying Lab Manual Question Paper

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is well conditioned triangle



1. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is the optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is well conditioned triangle



1. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:
Length of the given line =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DE
EA


Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks



Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

Rise & Fall

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and Angle).

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is well conditioned triangle



1. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by tangential method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is the optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by contour gradient?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva- voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by contour gradient?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva- voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?
METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:
1. Plane table with stand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod
Diagrams:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.
4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is the optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by contour gradient?
2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to
calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva- voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

METHOD

Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod
Diagrams:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in
the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?


S =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by contour gradient?
2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to
calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva- voce
Application

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?
METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagrams:


a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.
4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in
the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S =
2
) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling.
2. When you adopt radiation method?
3. How you fix the north?
4. What is centering?
5. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
7. What are bearings? Name the types.
8. What is an alidade? State its uses.
9. What is meridian? Name the types.
10. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. What is orientation? Why is it done?
13. What is magnetic meridian?
14. What is whole circle bearing?
15. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.
2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly
recorded on the drawing as elevations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Perpendicular offset

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Line
Distance in
m

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC
CD
DE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EA


Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEVEL

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks



Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL


Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is fly leveling?


1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by contour gradient?
2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to
calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva- voce
Application

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?
METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagrams:


a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.
4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in
the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S =
2
) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:
Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling.
2. When you adopt radiation method?
3. How you fix the north?
4. What is centering?
5. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
7. What are bearings? Name the types.
8. What is an alidade? State its uses.
9. What is meridian? Name the types.
10. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. What is orientation? Why is it done?
13. What is magnetic meridian?
14. What is whole circle bearing?
15. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.
2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly
recorded on the drawing as elevations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.13 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING ?
INTERSECTION METHOD
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To locate inaccessible point by the intersection of rays drawn from two instrument station

Instrument required:

1. Plane table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Trough compass
3. Alidade
4. Sprit level
5. Plumbing bob with plumbing fork
6. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Taps
8. Ranging rods
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
.

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. FUNDAMENTALS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

F) Optical square:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows
Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain
2. Cross staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

Line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB
BC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by local attraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is meant by plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00


1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.


1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by contour gradient?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva- voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?
METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:
1. Plane table with stand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod
Diagrams:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.
4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?


S =
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment


Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling.
2. When you adopt radiation method?
3. How you fix the north?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is centering?
5. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
6. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
7. What are bearings? Name the types.
8. What is an alidade? State its uses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meridian? Name the types.
10. What is magnetic declination?
11. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. What is orientation? Why is it done?
13. What is magnetic meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is whole circle bearing?
15. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.
2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly
recorded on the drawing as elevations.

Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.13 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING ?
INTERSECTION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:

To locate inaccessible point by the intersection of rays drawn from two instrument station

Instrument required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Plane table
2. Trough compass
3. Alidade
4. Sprit level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Plumbing bob with plumbing fork
6. Arrows
7. Taps
8. Ranging rods
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Select two points L and M in such a way so that all the points to be plotted are visible from
them. Now set the table at station, point L in such a position so that the sheet should cover all
the points. Level the table and clamp it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Draw the north line in the top corner of sheet by means of trough compass
3. Now transfer the position of station point L on the sheet as ?l? with the help of plumbing fork so
that it is vertically above the instrument station.
4. With the alidade pivoted about ?l? sight the ranging rod fixed at station point M and draw the
line in the direction of M. Now measure the distance LM by means of the tape and cut off lm to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

some suitable scale along the ray drawn toward M; thus fixing the position of ?m? on the sheet
corresponding to station point M on the ground. The line lm is called the base line.
5. With the alidade touching the point ?l? sight the objects in the field such as A,B,C,D,E etc. as
shown in figure and draw the rays towards them. The direction of each line is marked with an
arrow and a letter A, B, C, D,E etc. corresponding to above details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now shift the table to the station point M and approximately set it in the line with ML. Set it up
so that the point ?m? is vertically above the station point ?M? and level it.
7. Orient the table roughly by compass, then finally by placing the alidade along ml and bisecting
the ranging rod fixed at station point ?L? i.e. by back sighting ?L?. Clamp the table in this
position.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. With the alidade centered at m sight the same object in the field such as A, B, C, D, E etc; and
draw rays. The intersection of these rays with the respective rays from l locate the object
A,B,C,D,E etc; as a ,b,c,d,e, etc; on the sheet.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Distance between two inaccessible point is = ?..?. m.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Students will be able to found the inaccessible points distance at the end this experiment
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice


.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :
LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag
on heart and soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive
solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this
enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table
4. To possess knowledge about contour map

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling
6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.
Cycle 1 - Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3
Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

5 Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10
Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying
A) Chain:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.
5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.
9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to
make them visible at a distance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.
3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:
A) For ranging a line:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in
such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.
2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:
To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:
1. The survey stations are fixed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.
5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.
10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?
5. What is plumb bob?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?
10. What is well conditioned triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?
15. What is meant by scale of plan?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements
3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?
USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:
1. Chain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.
4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?
4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?
9. Mention the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
14. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying



1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?
BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.
Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the
traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.
6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction
AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=
Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:
Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:
The amount of closing error =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.
2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level
2. Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:



Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:
Height of collimation
Reduced Level of the first point =?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?
11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points
2. Do all the initial adjustments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:
Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Closing error =?
R.L. for the given points =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.
2. Define level book.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.
7. What are the different types of leveling staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
12. How is leveling done using foot screws?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY
REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

REITERATION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:
To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets
3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:
To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:
1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.
4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

Bottom hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?
5. How local attraction can be detected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
10. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
15. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:
To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff
3. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.
3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Formulae:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?
10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?
15. What is well conditioned triangle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. It is used for rapid measurements
2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points


Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-
OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00


1. What is the optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?
11. State the two point problem.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?
16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

MN = D tan ?1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by tangential method?
2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?
7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?
12. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to
results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an
(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod
3. Arrows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Procedure:
1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.
6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by contour gradient?
2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?
5. What are the parts of total station?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?
10. What is meant by centering?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?
15. What is meant by changing face?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station
observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to
calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva- voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

METHOD

Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade,
5. Spirit level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod
Diagrams:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing
fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in
the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
Calculations:
The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?


S =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment


Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling.
2. When you adopt radiation method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How you fix the north?
4. What is centering?
5. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
6. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
7. What are bearings? Name the types.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is an alidade? State its uses.
9. What is meridian? Name the types.
10. What is magnetic declination?
11. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. What is orientation? Why is it done?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is magnetic meridian?
14. What is whole circle bearing?
15. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly
recorded on the drawing as elevations.

Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.13 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTERSECTION METHOD
Aim:

To locate inaccessible point by the intersection of rays drawn from two instrument station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument required:

1. Plane table
2. Trough compass
3. Alidade

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sprit level
5. Plumbing bob with plumbing fork
6. Arrows
7. Taps
8. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Select two points L and M in such a way so that all the points to be plotted are visible from
them. Now set the table at station, point L in such a position so that the sheet should cover all

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the points. Level the table and clamp it.
2. Draw the north line in the top corner of sheet by means of trough compass
3. Now transfer the position of station point L on the sheet as ?l? with the help of plumbing fork so
that it is vertically above the instrument station.
4. With the alidade pivoted about ?l? sight the ranging rod fixed at station point M and draw the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

line in the direction of M. Now measure the distance LM by means of the tape and cut off lm to
some suitable scale along the ray drawn toward M; thus fixing the position of ?m? on the sheet
corresponding to station point M on the ground. The line lm is called the base line.
5. With the alidade touching the point ?l? sight the objects in the field such as A,B,C,D,E etc. as
shown in figure and draw the rays towards them. The direction of each line is marked with an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

arrow and a letter A, B, C, D,E etc. corresponding to above details.
6. Now shift the table to the station point M and approximately set it in the line with ML. Set it up
so that the point ?m? is vertically above the station point ?M? and level it.
7. Orient the table roughly by compass, then finally by placing the alidade along ml and bisecting
the ranging rod fixed at station point ?L? i.e. by back sighting ?L?. Clamp the table in this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

position.
8. With the alidade centered at m sight the same object in the field such as A, B, C, D, E etc; and
draw rays. The intersection of these rays with the respective rays from l locate the object
A,B,C,D,E etc; as a ,b,c,d,e, etc; on the sheet.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Distance between two inaccessible point is = ?..?. m.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Students will be able to found the inaccessible points distance at the end this experiment

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are back sights and fore sights?
2. What is the objective of plane table intersection?
3. When we use plane table intersection?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the use of trough compass?
5. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
6. What are bearings? Name the types.
7. What is an alidade? State its uses.
8. What is meridian? Name the types.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is magnetic declination?
10. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
11. What is orientation? Why is it done?
12. What is magnetic meridian?
13. What is whole circle bearing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.



1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly recorded on the
drawing as elevations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.
..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
CE8361 ? SURVEYING LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

III SEMESTER - R 2017

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name :
Register No : .
Class :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORAT LABORATORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL ORY MANUAL
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

MISSION
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

. is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious
and enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education
and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of technical education at
different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

on heart and soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so
as to shape them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

solutions to the challenges in deploying technology for the service of humanity


? To educate the students with the state- -art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the of
civil industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on
advances in structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning,
innovation and ethical practice
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering, enabling them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this
knowledge to acquire higher education

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Civil Engineering technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables them to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team
spirit in the students to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate
engineering issues to broader social context

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society
in the large, through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a ) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and engineering fundamentals
in Civil Engineering field
b ) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic
constraints such economics, environment, ethics, health, safety as and manufacturability

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures

d ) To identify, constructional errors and solve Civil Engineering problems

e ) To demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities

g ) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h ) To understand the impact of Civil Engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of
contemporary issues and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional & ethical responsibilities

j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To participate and succeed in competitive exam
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

CE8361 SURVEYING LABORATORY ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

1. To acquire practical knowledge on handling basic chain survey equi pm en t ? s
2. To possess knowledge about compass surveying
3. To have the ability to prepare leveling table

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. To possess knowledge about contour map
5. To possess knowledge about the advanced surveying

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset
2. Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?
3. Compass Traversi Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ng ?
4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level
5. Check levelling

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible
8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11. Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total
station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance
2. Understood the basic principle and techniques about survey field
3. Gain design knowledge related to various structural system
CO CO CO CO COURSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OB URSE OBJECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES JECTIVES
CO CO CO CO COURSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTC URSE OUTCOMES OMES OMES OMES OMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

INDEX

Sl. NO. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle 1 - Experiments

1
Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking
Perpendicular offset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
Setting out works Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room ?

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Compass Traversing Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles ?

4
Fly levelling using Dumpy level &Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Check levelling
6 Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles
7 Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is
accessible/inaccessible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cycle Experiments 2 ?

8 Determination of Tacheometric Constants
9 Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry
10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry
11
Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles
Additional Experiments Beyond The Syllabus

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Plane table surveying Radiation method ?
13 Plane table surveying Intersection method ?
LIST OF PROJECTS
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 STUDY OF CHAINS AND ITS ACCESSORIES,
ALIGNING, RANGING, CHAINING AND
MARKING PERPENDICULAR OFFSET
Aim:
To study the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) Chain:
1. The chains are made in lengths of 30 meters/20 meters.
2. The brass tallies are fixed at every 5m length.
3. Small brass rings are provided at every one meter length.
4. It is composed of 100 or 150 pieces of galvanized mild steel wire of 4mm in diameter called links.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. The ends of each links are bent into a loop and connected together by means of 3 oval rings which give
flexibility to the chain.
6. The length of each links is 20cm i.e. the distance between 2 consecutive middle rings.
7. The end of the chains is provided with brass handle for dragging the chain on the ground.
8. The chain length is measured from the outside of one handle to the other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. To hold the arrows in the position with the handle of the chain a groove is cut on the outside surface of the
handle.
B) Ranging rods:
1. They are usually of 2m or 3m in length.
2. They are in circular cross section and having alternate black, white and red bands of 20 cm length each to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

make them visible at a distance.
3. They are used for ranging the lines and for marking the positions of points on the ground.
C) Arrows:
1. They are made of a steel wire of 4mm diameter for 40cm length.
2. They are pointed at one end for inserting into the ground and bent at the other end for facility of carrying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. They are used to mark the end of each chain during chaining.
E) Cross staff:
1. It consists of a wooden block with two fine sow cuts at right angles to each other on the top.
2. It is used to set a perpendicular at a given point on the chain line.
3. The head is fixed to a top of an iron staff with pointed end to drive into the ground.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

F) Optical square:
1. This is also used to set a perpendicular with more accuracy.
2. This has 2 mirrors placed at an angle of 45 ?
? ? to each other.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

3. By means of reflection we can see the ranging rods along the chain line and the offset point at right angles
to the chain lines simultaneously.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Chain and tape and accessories used for chain surveying has been studied fully
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the Chain and tape and accessories used for chain
surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

EXPT. NO.2 ALIGNING, RANGING AND CHAINING OF A LINE
Aim:
To find the distance between the given two points by ranging and chaining a line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Ranging rods
3. Arrows
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A) For ranging a line:
1. Fix the ranging rods vertically at the ends of the given line.
2. To fix the intermediate ranging rod, instruct the other person to stand with a ranging rod at any intermediate
point desired.
3. Stand at about 2m behind the first ranging rod and instruct the other person to adjust the ranging rod in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

such a way that the intermediate ranging rod comes in a line with the end rods.
4. Erect the rod vertically and firmly at that point.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 to erect other intermediate ranging rods.
B) For chaining a line:
1. Hold one handle of the chain at first ranging rod.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Instruct the follower to drag the chain along the given line.
3. Fix the arrows at the end of the chain length.
4. Do the same procedure for the full length of the line.
5. Count any fractions of the chain length at the end of the last ranging rod by using tallies, rings & links

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Length of the given line =
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the ranging and chaining of the line

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.1 DETERMINE THE AREA OF THE BOUNDARY USING
CHAIN SURVEY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the area of the given boundary points by perpendicular offset method
Instruments required:
1. Chain (30m)
2. Cross staff
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows
Formulae:
Area of the triangle A = ? bh sq. units.
Area of the trapezium A = ? h (a+b) sq. units.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The survey stations are fixed.
2. To range a line AB, the ranging rods are fixed at the end of the line.
3. The surveyors stand just behind the ranging rod A. The assistant holds a ranging rod at point C,
approximately on the line AB.
4. Locate the perpendicular offset by using cross staff.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
6. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
7. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
8. The operation is repeated until the end station of the line is reached.
9. To check the accuracy of the measurement, the line is measured in the reverse direction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Split the area, by triangle and trapezoidal.
11. Move the cross staff towards left / right.
12. Now base line (AB) is visible and perpendicular line also visible.
13. Perpendicular line measurements are taken.
14. Calculate the area by using triangle and trapezoidal formula

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the field = ?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is surveying?
2. What are the basic principles of surveying?
3. What is Plane Surveying?
4. What is Geodetic Surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is plumb bob?
6. What is check line and tie line?
7. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
8. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?
9. What are optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is well conditioned triangle?
11. What is the use of cross staff?
12. What are all the sources of error?
13. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
14. What is meant by representative fraction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by scale of plan?

1. Fixing intermediate points on the chain lines, without going to either end we can fix the intermediate
points. Time reducing method
2. Area to be surveyed is comparatively small. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
4. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end
stations. Error rectifying
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.2 SETTING OUT WORKS FOUNDATION MARKING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING TAPES SINGLE ROOM AND DOUBLE ROOM

Aim:
To plot the plan of an existing building by running a closed chain traverse and to find the area of the plot
Instruments required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Chain
2. Cross staff
3. Optical square
4. Ranging rods
5. Arrows& tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Range and chain the lines around the given building to form a rectangle in clockwise/anti clockwise
direction.
2. Measure all the offset points (Perpendicular/ Oblique) from the chain line.
3. Plot the building in a drawing sheet with suitable scale.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract the un-built up area (open space) of the plot from the total area of the plot to find the built up area
of the building.
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The plan of the building is plotted as shown in figure.
Area of the plot ( a) m =?
2

Area of the open space ( m b) = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2

Outcome:
Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Mention the different types of chain.
2. Define - ranging.
3. What are the types of ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. When you adopt reciprocal ranging?
5. What is the length of ranging rod?
6. What are optical square?
7. Define - well conditioned triangle
8. What is the use of cross staff?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Mention the sources of error?
10. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
11. What is meant by representative fraction?
12. What is meant by scale of plan?
13. What is meant by well conditional triangle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is meant by scale in surveying?
15. Define - Plane and Geodetic surveying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ranging must be done before a survey line is chained. It may be necessary to establish a number of
intermediate points prior to chaining when chain line is much longer.
2. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method. Easy to measure the targets.
3. It is necessary that the chain should be laid out on the ground in a straight line between the end stations.
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.3 COMPASS TRAVERSING MEASURING ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

BEARINGS & ARRIVING INCLUDED ANGLES

Aim:
To run a closed compass traverse along a chosen boundary, adjust the closing error by Bowditch rule and calculate the
local attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Prismatic Compass
2. Chain or tape
3. Arrows
4. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Let A, B, C, D, E be the given points along the closed traverse.
2. Set up the instrument at each point and note down fore bearing and back bearing (i.e) A to B and B to A.
Continue the procedure upto EA and AE.
3. Measure the distances between the consecutive points.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure of balancing a traverse Bowditch?s rule (Graphical method):
1. In figure (a), polygon AB?C?D?E?A? represents an unbalanced traverse having a closing error equal to A?A
since the first point A and last point A? are not coinciding.
2. The total closing error AA? is distributed linearly, to all the sides in proportional to their length by a graphical
construction, shown in figure (b). In figure (b), AB?, B?C?,C?D?, etc. represents the length of the sides of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

traverse, either to the same scale as that of figure (a) or to a reduced scale.
3. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
4. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.
5. In figure (a), lines E?E, D?D, C?C, B?B are drawn parallel to the closing error A?A and made equal to eE?, dD?,
cC?, bB? respectively.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The polygon ABCDE so obtained represents the adjusted traverse.
7. It should be remembered that the ordinates bB?, cC?, dD?, eE?, aA? of figure (b) represents the corresponding
errors in magnitude only but not in direction.
8. The ordinate aA? is made equal to the closing error A?A of figure (a).
9. By constructing similar triangles, the corresponding errors bB?, cC?, dD?, eE? are found.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Line
Distance in
m
F.B B.B F.B~ B.B Local Attraction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AB
BC
CD
DE
EA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:
Angle of EAB = F.B of AB B.B of AE ?
=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Angle of ABC = F.B of BC B.B of BA ?
=
Angle of BCD = F.B of CD B.B of CB ?
=
Angle of CDE = F.B of DE B.B of DC ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=
Angle of DEA = F.B of EA B.B of ED ?
=

To Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of included angle of pentagon = (2n-4) 90?
Error = x?
Distribution of error = x?/n

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of closing error =?..
Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is local attraction?
2. Define dip
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying?
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying?
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is true meridian?


1. The compass calculates the bearings in whole circle bearing system which determines the angle which the
survey line makes with the magnetic north in the clockwise direction making good alignment in field work.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Compass surveying is recommended when the area is large, undulating and crowded with many details.
3. To find the horizontal angle between the true north and the magnetic north at the time of observation.
Viva-voce
Applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.4 FLY LEVELLING USING DUMPY LEVEL &TILTING
LEVEL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the R.L. for the given points and to find the level difference between them
Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level & Tilting level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Staff
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points.
2. Do all the initial adjustments.
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last
required point.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:
Height of collimation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff
station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S ? F.S = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:

Rise & Fall
Reduced Level of the first point =?.
Staff station B.S I.S F.S Rise Fall R.L Remarks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

I. Find the level difference between the successive readings & enter this as rise (+ sign), fall (-sign)
II. Then find the R.L by adding the rise and subtracting the fall with the R.L of the previous points.

Arithmetic Check:
?B.S - ? F.S =? Rice ? Fall = Last RL ? - First RL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Level difference between the consecutive points =?
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about leveling points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Name the different types of Bench marks.
2. What are the different types of leveling staff?
3. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
4. Define Bench Mark ?
5. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?
7. How is leveling done using foot screw s?
8. What are the errors in leveling?
9. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
10. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Compare the rise and fall method and height of collimation method.
12. What is back sight?
13. What is leveling?
14. How leveling is done using foot screws?
15. What is fly leveling?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method.
Viva-voce
Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.5 CHECK LEVELLING

Aim:
To run the check level to find the level difference of the given points and also to find the amount of closing error

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Dumpy level
2. Staff
Procedure:
1. Set up the instrument at P to cover the maximum points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Do all the initial adjustments
3. Direct the telescope towards the first point and enter the reading as B.S.
4. Enter the reading of the last visible point from the instrument station as F.S. and of all other point as I.S.
5. Shift the instrument to Q, set up and level it correctly.
6. Don?t change the position of the staff until the back staff reading is taken on the staff held at the last

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

required point.
7. Do the same procedure in the reverse direction and close with the first point.


Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Reduced level of the first point =?..

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Check:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?B.S - ? F.S = Last RL ? First RL

Result:

Closing error =?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

R.L. for the given points =?
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, students gain knowledge about closing error points

Staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

station
B.S I.S F.S H.I R.L Remarks


Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. Mention the temporary adjustments of leveling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define level book.
3. What is mean sea level?
4. How can you calculate object height?
5. What is height of instrument method?
6. Name the different types of Bench marks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the different types of leveling staff?
8. Differentiate level line from a horizontal line.
9. Define Bench Mark ?
10. Define GTS Bench Mark and Arbitrary Bench Mark ?
11. What are the differences between the line of collimation and the axis of the telescope?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How is leveling done using foot screws?
13. What are the errors in leveling?
14. What are the various methods of booking a reduced level?
15. What is fore sight?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The measured levels can be represented on paper with suitable scale.
2. The existing soil profile at ground level along a particular line, or as related to the proposed surface
of a road or section of a pipeline.
3. Laying a circular arch line for athletics. Reference a circular arch line for taken by this method
Viva-voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.6 MEASUREMENTS OF HORIZONTAL ANGLES BY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

REITERATION ANDREPETITION AND VERTICAL
ANGLES
REPETITION METHOD

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.
Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

REITERATION METHOD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To find out the horizontal angle between A and B
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Tape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ranging rods
4. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical circle is placed Left to the observer (face Left observation).
2. Vernier A is set to Zero with the help of upper clamp screw and tangent screws. Readings of Vernier
A and B are noted.
3. Upper clamp is clamped. Lower clamp is loosened and the telescope is turned towards ?P?. Lower
clamp is clamped and the point ?P? is bisected exactly using tangent screws.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Both the vernier A and B are read and noted (Must be equal to 0? and 180? respectively).Upper
clamp is unclamped and the telescope is turned clockwise and ?Q? is bisected.
5. Upper clamp is clamped and ?Q? is bisected exactly using tangent screws. Both the vernier are read.
Mean of the readings provide an approximate included angle of POQ.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

6. The reading of vernier A gives directly the angle POQ, and 180? is subtracted by the reading of
vernier B. The mean value of two readings gives the angle POQ with one face.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

The horizontal angle between A and B is = ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:

At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the perpendicular offset method

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

MEASUREMENT OF VERTICAL ANGLE

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Measure the vertical angle between A and B

Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows& tape

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Theodolite is set up, centered and leveled with reference to the plate bubble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telescope is placed horizontally by setting the reading of 0?0?0?in the verniers of C and D.

3. Levelling process is carried out with the help foot screws the altitude bubble brought of and is

4. Vertical circle clamp is loosened and the telescope is directed upwards to bisect P.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Vertical circle clamp is clamped and the point P is exactly bisected using vertical tangent

6. Both the verniers of C and D are read and noted. Mean of the two verniers provide the vertical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Face is changed and all the above steps are repeated to get one more vertical angle HOP.

8. Average of the vertical angles taken to get an accurate vertical angle
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Observation:
Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Vertical angle between P and H is = ?

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gain knowledge about closed traversing in the wide field
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by optical square?
2. What is meant by well-conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?
6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is plane and geodetic surveying?
11. What is the use of arrows?
12. What is the use of plumb bob?
13. How will you differentiate check line and tie line?
14. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by hypotenusual allowance?


1. Getting accurate values comparing reiteration method
2. Easy to measure the targets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Error rectifying

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.7 DETERMINATION OF ELEVATION OF AN OBJECT
USING SINGLE PLANE METHOD WHEN BASE IS
ACCESSIBLE/INACCESSIBLE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the height of the building by using theodolite in the field
Instruments required:
1. Theodolite
2. Arrows
3. Ranging rods

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:


Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set up the theodolite at A, level it carefully and observe the angle of elevation.
2. Set the vertical vernier to zero, and take a reading on a staff held vertically on a B.M. Let it be
S 1.

3. Transit the telescope, so that the line of sight is reversed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mark a point B in the line of sight at a convenient distance d. Measure it accurately.
5. Shift the theodolite to the point B, center it and level it.
6. Observe the angle of elevation.
7. Set the Vertical vernier to zero and take again a B.M. reading as S 2
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

Sight To

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vertical Angle

Top hair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The height of the building by using single plane method is =?..


Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about closed compass traversing
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by local attraction?
2. Define Dip ?
3. What is the least count of compass?
4. What is meant by magnetic declination?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. How local attraction can be detected?
6. State the two point problem.
7. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
8. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
9. What is intersection method? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by strength of fix?
11. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
12. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference reading to as well as tripod.
14. List out the errors in a compass instrument.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by true meridian?



1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value even obstruction in the field

Viva - voce
Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

EXPT. NO.8 DETERMINATION OF TACHEOMETRIC CONSTANTS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To determine the multiplying and additional constants of a tachometer
Instruments required:

1. Tachometer
2. Leveling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Tape
Procedure:

1. Measure a line, about 200 m long on fairly level ground and drive pegs at some
2. Intervals, say 50 meters.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keep the staff on the pegs and observe the corresponding staff intercepts with
4. Horizontal sight.
5. Knowing the values of d and s for different points, a number of simultaneous
6. Equations can be formed by substituting the values of d and s in equation (1.1).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Formulae:
Horizontal distance D = KS + C
Observation:
Face Left :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The value of tacheometer constants are =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the analytical lens of tacheometer
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by plumb bob?
2. Differentiate between check line and tie line?
3. What is meant by reciprocal ranging?
4. What is meant by hypotenusal allowance?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What do you understand by ?working from whole to part?
6. What are the kinds of errors?
7. How will you classify surveying based on accuracy?
8. What are all the types of chain?
9. What are tie stations?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are all the accessories used in chain surveying?
11. What are the errors in chaining?
12. What are the types of Ranging?
13. What is meant by cross staff?
14. What are the types of optical square?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is well conditioned triangle



1. It is used for rapid measurements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Knowing the concept of analytical lens in tacheometer
3. Error rectifying
4. Knowing the values of d and s for different points

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY STADIA
TACHEOMETRY

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tacheometric stadia system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff
3. Pegs or Arrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Diagram:
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary adjustments
are done.
2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane to
sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?P?. Vertical angle ? is noted. Staff
intercept (S) is also determined.
5. The horizontal distance between O and P is determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

OP = D = K S cos2? + A cos ?
6. Difference in elevation between O and P is determined as follows:-
V = (KS sin2? / 2) + A sin?
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. R.L of point ?P? is determined as follows:
R.L of point ?P? = R.L of Line of collimation + V- h

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S.No

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sight To

Vertical Angle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Top hair

Bottom hair

Staff intercept

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) Horizontal distance between O and P =
ii) Difference in elevation between O and P =
iii) R.L of ?P? =
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of the experiment,students will gain knowledge about tacheometricstadia system
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the optical square?
2. What is well conditioned triangle?
3. What is the use of cross staff?
4. What are all the sources of error?
5. What are the different types of chain triangulation?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by representative fraction?
7. What is meant by scale of plan?
8. What is meant by well conditional triangle?
9. What is meant by scale in surveying?
10. What is Plane and Geodetic surveying?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the two point problem.
12. List out the errors in a plane table surveying.
13. Differentiate closed traverse from open traverse.
14. What is intersection method? Where it is used?
15. What is meant by strength of fix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Write the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
17. Write the advantages of plane table surveying.
18. Differentiate Prismatic compass from Surveyor's compass with reference to reading as well as tripod.
19. List out the errors in a compass instrument.
20. What is meant by true meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00

EXPT. NO.10 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES BY TANGENTIAL
TACHEOMETRY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To determine the distance and elevation of a point using tangential tacheometric system
Instruments required:
1. Tacheometer
2. Levelling staff

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Pegs or Arrow

Procedure:
1. Tacheometer is set over an instrument station (O) exactly and all the temporary
adjustments are done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The verniers C and D are set to read zero by means of vertical circle clamping screw and
tangent screw.(Telescope is held at horizontal position).
3. Back sight reading is taken on BM.
4. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical plane
to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw
and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
6. Similarly the lower target reading (R2) is bisected and Vertical angle ?2 is noted.
7. From the geometry of the figure, difference in elevation are determined as follows:-

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MN = D tan ?1
M B= D tan ?2
8. Telescopic clamping screw is unclamped and the telescope is turned in the vertical
plane to sight the leveling staff which is placed over the object ?Q?.
9. Upper target reading (R1) is bisected exactly with the help of telescope clamping screw

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and its tangential screw. Vertical angle ?1 is noted.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Observation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Left :

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Face Right :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument station Sight to A B Horizontal angle

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Horizontal distance between O and the Subtense bar =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of the experiment, students will gain knowledge about tacheometric subtense system.
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

00



1. What is meant by tangential method?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the three cases of vertical angle?
3. Write the formula for both angles are angles of elevation.
4. Write the formula for both angles are angles of depression.
5. Write the formula for one angle elevation and other angle depression.
6. What is meant by special device fitted to tacheometer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the errors in stadia surveying?
8. What are the special instruments available to conduct survey?
9. What is the use pendulum level?
10. What is meant by Brunton universal pocket transit?
11. What are all the types of compass used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is meant by representative fraction?
13. Write the formula for distance and elevation formula for staff normal.
14. What is meant by anallactic lens?
15. State the principle of stadia method.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using to measure the height of the different elevation of the structure
2. Reference bench mark is easily taken by this method
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Application
Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.11 STUDY OF TOTAL STATION, MEASURING
HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES
Aim:
To study the total station used for surveying.
Total station:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. of and and The Total station designed for measuring is slant distances, horizontal vertical angles elevations
in topographic geodetic works, tachometric surveys, well for solution application geodetic and as as of
tasks. The measurement results can recorded into the internal memory transferred a personal be and to
computer interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. The basic properties are unsurpassed range, speed accuracy measurements. Total stations are and of
developed view the maximal convenience in of of work the user. High-efficiency electronic tachometers of
are intended for the decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. and Angles distances are measured from the total station points survey, the coordinates (X, to under and Y,
and or and Z northing, easting elevation) surveyed points relative the total station position are of to
calculated using trigonometry triangulation. and

4. be Data can downloaded from the total station a computer application software used compute to and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

results generate a map the surveyed area. and of

5. A total station electronic/optical instrument used modern surveying. is an in It is also used archaeologists by
to record excavations well police, crime scene investigators, private accident Reconstructionists as as by
and of insurance companies take measurements to scenes. The total station electronic theodolite is an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(transit) integrated with electronic distance meter (EDM), plus internal data storage and/or external data an
collector.

6. of any The purpose survey prepare maps, control points formed a basic requirement for the preparation is to
of these maps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. of There are several numbers methods like traverse, triangulation etc., provide these control points. to

8. of Whatever the method the provision control points, includes the measurement two entities( Distance of
and Angle).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

MEASURING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ANGLES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
Measure the area of given boundary points by using Total Station.
Apparatus Required:
1. Total Station and tripod
2. Prism and prism rod

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Arrows

Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No. :DCE/Stud/LP/34/Issue : 00/Revision :
00

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set the instrument at the station point which the point covers all boundary points.
2. Do the temporary adjustments in the instrument and level it properly.
3. Set the prism height and enter the prism height value in Total Station.
4. Consider all boundary points in closed traverse.
5. Select the area measurement option and bisect the boundary points with the help of prism.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Take readings from all boundary points and directly found the area from Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The area of the given field = -------------- measured by Total Station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Gain the ability to use modern survey equipment to measure angle and distance.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by contour gradient?
2. What are the classifications of total station?
3. What are the different methods of contouring?
4. What are the LS and CS?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the parts of total station?
6. What is meant by vertical axis?
7. What is meant by Horizontal axis?
8. What is meant by line of sight / line of collimation?
9. What is meant by axis of level tube?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is meant by centering?
11. What is meant by transiting?
12. What is meant by swinging the telescope?
13. What is meant by telescope normal?
14. What is meant by telescope inverted?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is meant by changing face?



1. Determining accurate coordinates for survey points by simultaneously recording by total station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

observations over a known and unknown survey point for at least 20 minutes
2. Surveyors? GPS receivers can then collect field data and combine it with the CORS data to
calculate positions
3. Getting the elevation value by using stadia hairs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva- voce
Application

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.12 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING RADIATION ?
METHOD

Aim:
To locate the object from a single station and to find the area of the given polygon

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instruments required:
1. Plane table with stand
2. Tape
3. Trough compass
4. Alidade,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Spirit level
6. Plumbing fork with plumb bob
7. Arrows
8. Ranging rod
Diagrams:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Select the position of the table where it is be set so that all the points to be located are visible
from it. Let ?O? be the position of such a point on the ground.
2. Set the plane table over this point and level it. Draw the North line in the top corner of sheet by
means of trough compass at the table.
3. Now transfer the position of the point ?O? on the ground to the sheet by means of the plumbing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

fork. The point ?O? will represent point ?o? will represent point ?O?on the ground.
4. With the alidade touching the point ?o? (may be represented by fixing a pin), sight the point A in
the field. Draw the ray along the fiducial edge.

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Similarly sight other points such as B, C, D, E etc. and measure their distances from the
instrument station. Plot them to scale to get their position on the sheet such as b, c, d etc. on
the sheet.
Calculations:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The outline of the profile is plotted as shown

A= ) )( )( ( c s b s a s s ? ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

S =
2
) ( c b a ? ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The object from a single station where located and the enclosed area of the given polygon is
calculated. Area of the polygon ABCDE =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Students will be able to draw the topographical features on the map at the end this experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Mention the suitability and unsuitability of plane tabling.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. When you adopt radiation method?
3. How you fix the north?
4. What is centering?
5. What are the equipments used in plane tabling?
6. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are bearings? Name the types.
8. What is an alidade? State its uses.
9. What is meridian? Name the types.
10. What is magnetic declination?
11. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is orientation? Why is it done?
13. What is magnetic meridian?
14. What is whole circle bearing?
15. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.
2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly
recorded on the drawing as elevations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EXPT. NO.13 PLANE TABLE SURVEYING ?
INTERSECTION METHOD
Aim:

To locate inaccessible point by the intersection of rays drawn from two instrument station

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instrument required:

1. Plane table
2. Trough compass

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Alidade
4. Sprit level
5. Plumbing bob with plumbing fork
6. Arrows
7. Taps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Ranging rods
Diagram:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Procedure:

1. Select two points L and M in such a way so that all the points to be plotted are visible from

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them. Now set the table at station, point L in such a position so that the sheet should cover all
the points. Level the table and clamp it.
2. Draw the north line in the top corner of sheet by means of trough compass
3. Now transfer the position of station point L on the sheet as ?l? with the help of plumbing fork so
that it is vertically above the instrument station.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. With the alidade pivoted about ?l? sight the ranging rod fixed at station point M and draw the
line in the direction of M. Now measure the distance LM by means of the tape and cut off lm to
some suitable scale along the ray drawn toward M; thus fixing the position of ?m? on the sheet
corresponding to station point M on the ground. The line lm is called the base line.
5. With the alidade touching the point ?l? sight the objects in the field such as A,B,C,D,E etc. as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

shown in figure and draw the rays towards them. The direction of each line is marked with an
arrow and a letter A, B, C, D,E etc. corresponding to above details.
6. Now shift the table to the station point M and approximately set it in the line with ML. Set it up
so that the point ?m? is vertically above the station point ?M? and level it.
7. Orient the table roughly by compass, then finally by placing the alidade along ml and bisecting

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the ranging rod fixed at station point ?L? i.e. by back sighting ?L?. Clamp the table in this
position.
8. With the alidade centered at m sight the same object in the field such as A, B, C, D, E etc; and
draw rays. The intersection of these rays with the respective rays from l locate the object
A,B,C,D,E etc; as a ,b,c,d,e, etc; on the sheet.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
The Distance between two inaccessible point is = ?..?. m.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
Students will be able to found the inaccessible points distance at the end this experiment

Format No.: DCE/Stud/LM/34?Issue : 00/Revision : 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are back sights and fore sights?
2. What is the objective of plane table intersection?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. When we use plane table intersection?
4. What is the use of trough compass?
5. What is orientation? Why it is to be performed?
6. What are bearings? Name the types.
7. What is an alidade? State its uses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meridian? Name the types.
9. What is magnetic declination?
10. Enlist the disadvantages of plane table surveying.
11. What is orientation? Why is it done?
12. What is magnetic meridian?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is whole circle bearing?
14. Differentiate between magnetic declination and dip.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The field observations and plotting are done simultaneously.
2. A plane table is set over a point and brought to precise horizontal level.
3. The alidade as a surveying level, information on the topography of the site can be directly recorded on the
drawing as elevations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva-voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice